{"title":"Cerchi, Telai e Basi Pro","description":"Anelli per pasticceria, cornici estensibili e basi professionali per entremets e torte a piani.\u003cstyle id=\"pl-collection-photo-2026\"\u003e\n\/* Patissland: full photograph with centered title underneath. *\/\nbody .collection-hero{display:flex!important;flex-direction:column!important;align-items:center!important;gap:16px!important;height:auto!important;min-height:0!important;width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin:0 auto!important;padding:0 0 26px!important;background:#faf7f0!important;overflow:visible!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\nbody .collection-hero\u003e.parallax-container{grid-column:2!important;grid-row:1!important;display:block!important;position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;width:100%!important;height:clamp(260px,32vw,480px)!important;min-width:0!important;transform:none!important;overflow:hidden!important;border-radius:0!important;background:#faf7f0!important}\nbody .collection-hero .parallax-image{position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;width:100%!important;height:100%!important;transform:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__image{position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;display:block!important;width:100%!important;height:100%!important;max-height:none!important;object-fit:contain!important;object-position:center!important;transform:none!important;animation:none!important;opacity:1!important;background:transparent!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content{grid-column:1!important;grid-row:1!important;position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;display:block!important;width:100%!important;min-width:0!important;padding:0!important;background:transparent!important;transform:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content\u003e.page-width{width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin:0!important;padding:0!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content:before,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow:before,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow:after{display:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .breadcrumb{display:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow{display:block!important;margin:0!important;padding:0!important;max-width:none!important;text-align:center!important;text-shadow:none!important;opacity:1!important;animation:none!important;transform:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header__title{margin:0!important;color:#312e26!important;font-size:clamp(26px,3vw,40px)!important;line-height:1.15!important;text-align:center!important;text-shadow:none!important;overflow-wrap:break-word!important}\n@media(max-width:768px){\nbody .collection-hero{display:flex!important;flex-direction:column!important;gap:18px!important;padding:20px 18px 26px!important}\nbody .collection-hero\u003e.parallax-container{order:0!important;height:auto!important;aspect-ratio:16\/9!important;border-radius:12px!important}\nbody .collection-hero .parallax-image{position:absolute!important;inset:0!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content{order:1!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow,body .collection-hero .section-header__title{text-align:center!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header__title{font-size:clamp(26px,6vw,34px)!important}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\u003cstyle id=\"pl-collection-description-fullwidth-2026\"\u003e\nbody .collection-description-wrapper{width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin-inline:0!important;padding-inline:0!important;background:#faf7f0!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description{width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin:0!important;padding:0!important;background:#faf7f0!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003e.p-w,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003e.pln{position:relative!important;left:auto!important;right:auto!important;width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin-inline:0!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003e.p-w\u003e.p-in{width:100%!important;max-width:1180px!important;margin-inline:auto!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003ep,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eh2,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eh3,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eul,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eol{max-width:1180px!important;margin-inline:auto!important;padding-inline:24px!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\n\u003c\/style\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cercle-a-patisserie-extensible-13-31cm","title":"Cerchio per Pasticceria Estensibile - da 18 a 30 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Anelli estensibili\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello da pasticceria estensibile da 18 a 30 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello rotondo regolabile, altezza a scelta da 6 a 15 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello estensibile in acciaio inossidabile si regola da 18 a 30 cm di diametro, con altezza a scelta tra 6, 10, 12 o 15 cm. Un solo anello per realizzare torte di diverse dimensioni e volumi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro regolabile\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e18-30 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFormato rotondo\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezze disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e6\/10\/12\/15 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e4 modelli a scelta\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eNon lavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte e dolci alti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte a piani e torte a strati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormati personalizzati per ogni occasione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Posiziona due strati di carta da forno sotto l’anello e una sagoma delle dimensioni della torta per sformarla senza difficoltà. Non lavare in lavastoviglie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro regolabile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eDa 18 a 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezze disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e6 cm, 10 cm, 12 cm o 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSolo lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale altezza scegliere per una torta a piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLe altezze di 12 o 15 cm sono adatte a torte a piani e torte a più strati che richiedono maggiore volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIn cosa si differenzia questo anello da quello con leva di bloccaggio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello si regola con un semplice scorrimento, mentre il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-extensible-17-30-cm-top-qualite\"\u003eanello con leva di bloccaggio\u003c\/a\u003e si blocca tramite una leva per una maggiore stabilità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome facilitare la rimozione dallo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePosiziona due strati di carta da forno sotto l’anello e una sagoma delle dimensioni della torta prima di versare il composto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecollezione di anelli e stampi\u003c\/a\u003e e tutta la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-extensible-17-30-cm-top-qualite\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanello con leva di bloccaggio\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di anelli e stampi\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"6 cm","offer_id":49770929422675,"sku":"02459","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"10cm","offer_id":49770929455443,"sku":"02460","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 cm","offer_id":49770929488211,"sku":"02464","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 cm","offer_id":49770929520979,"sku":"02465","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-patisserie-extensible-18-a-30-cm-choisir-le-modele-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772133735"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-patisserie-20-cm","title":"Anello per pasticceria","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Anelli da pasticceria\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello da pasticceria Ø20 e Ø24 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello in acciaio inossidabile per entremets, bavaresi e torte alte\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL'anello da pasticceria in acciaio inossidabile è lo strumento di riferimento per assemblare entremets, bavaresi e torte alte con bordi lisci e regolari. Disponibile in Ø20 cm (da 6 a 8 porzioni) o Ø24 cm (da 8 a 10 porzioni), con un'altezza di 4,5 cm, è ideale per i dessert a più strati: inserto, biscuit, mousse, glassa. Un formato riconosciuto anche per la preparazione del CAP Pâtisserie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametri\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eØ20 \/ Ø24 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e6-8 o 8-10 porzioni\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eA più strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAdatto anche al congelatore\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets e bavaresi a più strati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte alte e fraisier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato di riferimento per il CAP Pâtisserie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Rivesti l'interno con una striscia di rhodoïd prima di versare un entremets, per sformarlo con un risultato pulito e senza che si attacchi. Evita le spugne abrasive, che graffiano l'acciaio inossidabile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile 18\/10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ20 cm o Ø24 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFino a 230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano o in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale misura di anello per il CAP Pâtisserie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eØ20 cm è il formato più comune nelle prove d'esame, un diametro universale per entremets, fraisier e charlotte.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché un'altezza di 4,5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eÈ l'altezza standard degli entremets classici, sufficiente per disporre a strati inserto, biscuit, mousse e glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome sformare senza rovinare i bordi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSu un entremets ben congelato, passare un cannello o una fascia riscaldante intorno all'anello permette di sollevarlo verticalmente. Il rhodoïd garantisce bordi lisci.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecollezione di anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"20 cm","offer_id":39546758725674,"sku":"02156","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"24 cm","offer_id":39546758758442,"sku":"02157","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-patisserie-choisir-la-taille-patisse-1.png?v=1772134399"},{"product_id":"kit-moule-mini-tart-glam-silikomart","title":"Kit Mini Crostata Glam","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eKit Mini Tarte Glam\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003e6 mini crostatine con cupola, base microforata e inserto decorativo in silicone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Mini Tarte Glam combina due strumenti complementari per realizzare sei crostatine individuali con base croccante e cupola liscia: sei anelli microforati per cuocere le basi e sei stampi in silicone con superficie leggermente bombata per versarvi la farcitura, che verrà poi posizionata sopra. La microforatura degli anelli lascia fuoriuscire il vapore durante la cottura, per ottenere una base dorata e senza cedimenti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCrostatine per kit\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ anello per la base\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e80 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 20 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ cupola in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e70 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 18 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e-60 a 230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBasi di crostatine cotte in bianco negli anelli microforati, su tappetino o teglia forata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFarcitura bombata colata nello stampo in silicone, congelata e poi sformata sulla base cotta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMini dessert individuali per vetrina, buffet o cerimonia di famiglia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatto al forno per i cerchi; l'intero kit è compatibile con il congelatore e la lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio per sformare:\u003c\/strong\u003e stendete la pasta a uno spessore massimo di 2 mm prima di foderare gli stampi: la microforatura rende visibile anche il minimo eccesso di spessore. Per la cupola in silicone, sformate l'inserto quando è ben congelato, così da mantenere i contorni netti, poi lasciatelo scongelare in frigorifero sulla base cotta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eComposizione del kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e6 cerchi microforati + 6 stampi decorativi in silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro del cerchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e80 mm, altezza 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dello stampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e70 mm, altezza 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale del cerchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003etermoplastica microforata, antiaderente, inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003esilicone alimentare flessibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eDa -60 °C a +230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003elavaggio con acqua calda o in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto a un classico cerchio per crostate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl cerchio microforato lascia fuoriuscire il vapore durante la cottura: la base non si affloscia e cuoce uniformemente fino a dorarsi, senza bisogno di perle da cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLa cupola in silicone può essere usata in forno?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, solo il cerchio microforato è destinato alla cottura. Lo stampo in silicone serve a modellare il ripieno, che viene poi congelato e adagiato sulla base cotta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali altri formati di mini crostate sono disponibili da Silikomart?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eI kit Twist e Montblanc, nella nostra collezione di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003etorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e e nella linea \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite tutti i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecerchi e telai da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e e l'intera gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003etorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecerchi e telai da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31775665913898,"sku":"25.293.13.0065","price":34.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-mini-tarte-glam-silikomart-1.png?v=1772134800"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-meringuee-silikomart-retour-en-stock-le-02-07","title":"Kit Torta Meringata","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eKit Crostata Meringata Ø25 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eLinea 3Design: stampo in silicone con texture di meringa dressata e anello per crostata abbinato\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Crostata Meringata, della linea 3Design, riproduce l’effetto della meringa dressata con la sac à poche senza bisogno di dressarla. Lo stampo in silicone imprime sulla superficie della crostata una texture regolare di punte di meringa, mentre l’anello per crostata antiaderente abbinato cuoce una base ben definita nelle dimensioni giuste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ stampo in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 18 mm, 480 ml\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ anello per crostata\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e250 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 20 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi nel kit\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eIntervallo termico\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e-60 a 230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostate al limone meringate e dessert a base di meringa dressata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase cotta nell’anello antiaderente, meringa modellata a parte, poi assemblata e dorata con il cannello\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per dessert da vetrina o buffet, finitura regolare senza sac à poche\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eL’anello è adatto al forno; la meringa modellata con lo stampo può essere congelata prima di passarla sotto il cannello\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio per l’assemblaggio:\u003c\/strong\u003e cuocete prima la base di pasta in bianco nell’anello, farcitela con crema al limone, poi sformate la meringa cruda o cotta dallo stampo in silicone direttamente sulla farcitura e doratela con il cannello per mettere in risalto il rilievo delle punte.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart, linea 3Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eComposizione del kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e1 stampo in silicone con texture meringa + 1 anello per crostata antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dello stampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 mm, altezza 18 mm, volume 480 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dell’anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e250 mm, altezza 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003esilicone alimentare di alta qualità, prodotto in Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dell’anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eantiaderente, inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e-60 °C a +230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCosa contiene esattamente il kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUno stampo in silicone con texture di meringa dressata (Ø23 cm) e un anello per crostata antiaderente abbinato (Ø25 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eServe un cannello per rifinire la crostata?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eÈ consigliato: passare per qualche secondo la meringa modellata con lo stampo sotto il cannello mette in risalto il rilievo delle punte e dona la tipica colorazione della meringa italiana.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto kit è adatto anche ad altri dessert oltre alla crostata al limone?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la texture meringa si applica a qualsiasi base per crostata o entremets che richieda una finitura regolare di meringa. Scopri anche le nostre \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003ecrostate e crostatine\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la gamma completa \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e e i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003eanelli e fasce per pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003etorte e crostatine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanelli e fasce per pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31775699927082,"sku":"23.201.13.0065","price":23.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-tarte-meringuee-silikomart-1.png?v=1772134811"},{"product_id":"kit-mini-tarte-twist-silikomart","title":"Kit Mini Crostata Twist","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eKit Mini Tarte Twist\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003e6 mini tartellette con decorazione a spirale, stampo 3D e anello microforato abbinati\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Mini Tarte Twist riunisce uno stampo 3D con 6 cavità che imprimono un rilievo a spirale sul ripieno e un anello per crostata microforato abbinato, per cuocere fondi della misura giusta. La spirale diventa il tratto distintivo della tartelletta, senza bisogno di usare la sac à poche.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCavità dello stampo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ cavità 3D\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e70 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 25 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ anello per crostata\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e80 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 20 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e-60 à 230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFondi per tartellette cotti nell'anello microforato, doratura uniforme senza biglie da cottura\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFarcitura o mousse versata nello stampo 3D per ottenere il rilievo a spirale, poi congelata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMini dessert monoporzione per vetrine, buffet o cerimonie familiari\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatto a forno, frigorifero e congelatore, lavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio per sformare:\u003c\/strong\u003e sformate la spirale quando è ben congelata per preservare la definizione del rilievo, quindi lasciatela scongelare in frigorifero sulla base della crostata già cotta e raffreddata. L'anello microforato si sforma facilmente da freddo, una volta che la pasta si è rassodata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eComposizione del kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e1 stampo 3D con 6 cavità + 1 anello per crostata microforato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro della cavità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e70 mm, altezza 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dell'anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e80 mm, altezza 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dell'anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003emateriale termoplastico microforato antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e-60 °C a +230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003elavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLo stampo 3D è adatto al forno?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, serve per modellare preparazioni fredde (mousse, cremosi) da congelare e poi sformare. Solo l'anello microforato va in forno per cuocere la base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome ottenere una spirale ben definita?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eVersate il composto a temperatura ambiente, battete leggermente lo stampo per eliminare le bolle d'aria, quindi congelate per almeno 3 ore prima di sformare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali altri kit per mini crostate proponete?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eI kit Glam e Montblanc, disponibili nella nostra collezione di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003etorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e e nella collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eEsplora i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecerchi e telai da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e e tutta la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003etorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecerchi e telai da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31780652089386,"sku":"25.273.13.0065","price":34.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-mini-tarte-twist-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772134911"},{"product_id":"anneau-de-garniture-o7-x-5-5cm","title":"Cerchio per entremet individuale","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Anelli monoporzione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello per Entremets Monoporzione Ø7 \/ Ø9 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello per farciture per entremets e pasticcini monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello per farciture Patisse è disponibile in Ø7 cm o Ø9 cm, con altezza a scelta tra 3,5 cm e 5,5 cm. Permette di realizzare entremets individuali e pasticcini dai bordi netti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eØ7 \/ Ø9 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFormato individuale\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezze disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e3,5 \/ 5,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e4 combinazioni a scelta\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForma\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eRotondo\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eStruttura senza fondo\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets individuali a più strati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePasticcini e piccoli assaggi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert al piatto nella ristorazione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Imburra bene l'anello prima di ogni utilizzo per sformare facilmente e ottenere bordi netti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Scheda prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda, senza fondo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ7 cm o Ø9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezze\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e3,5 cm o 5,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale combinazione scegliere per un entremets classico?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato Ø7 x 5,5 cm o Ø9 x 5,5 cm offre un'altezza sufficiente per alternare biscuit, mousse e glassa in una porzione individuale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per preparare mignon bassi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'altezza di 3,5 cm è perfetta per le mignon e i piccoli dolci bassi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome ottenere una sformatura netta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUngi leggermente l'interno dell'anello prima di versarvi il composto, poi sforma una volta che si è solidificato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecollezione anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e e, per formati più grandi, il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-patisserie-20-cm\"\u003eanello da pasticceria Ø20\/Ø24 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-patisserie-20-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanello da pasticceria Ø20\/Ø24 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Ø7 x 3,5cm","offer_id":39805934141482,"sku":"02094","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø7 x 5,5cm","offer_id":39805934174250,"sku":"02096","price":3.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø9 x 3,5cm","offer_id":39805934207018,"sku":"02093","price":3.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø9 x 5,5cm","offer_id":39805934239786,"sku":"02095","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-entremet-individuel-patisse-1.png?v=1772136001"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-ring-palet-silikomart","title":"Kit anello per crostata Palet Ø147mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eKit per crostate Ring Palet Ø147 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003e2 anelli microforati e 2 stampi in silicone per crostate palet monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Tarte Ring Palet comprende due anelli in composito termoplastico per cuocere basi per crostata precise e due stampi in silicone per modellare mousse o creme da posizionare sulla base di pasta frolla. Questo formato palet, molto piatto e regolare, è ideale per crostate monoporzione dalla finitura contemporanea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAnelli e stampi\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2 + 2\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ dell'anello\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e150 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 20 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ dello stampo in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e147 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 18 mm, 270 ml\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eDa -60 a 180 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostate monoporzione formato palet, base di pasta frolla cotta nell'anello microforato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMousse o crema modellata nello stampo in silicone, congelata e poi posizionata sulla base cotta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostata al cioccolato grand cru, crostata agli agrumi e altre preparazioni con base modellata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eProdotto in Italia, gli anelli sono adatti al forno e gli stampi in silicone al congelatore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio per l'assemblaggio:\u003c\/strong\u003e cuocete la base in bianco nell'anello microforato, versate la mousse o la crema nello stampo in silicone e congelate prima di sformare. Posizionate l'inserto congelato sulla base raffreddata e lasciate scongelare in frigorifero prima di servire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eComposizione del kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e2 anelli in composito termoplastico + 2 stampi in silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dell'anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e150 mm, altezza 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dello stampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e147 mm, altezza 18 mm, volume 270 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dell'anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ecomposito termoplastico, antiaderente, inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003esilicone alimentare flessibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eDa -60 °C a +180 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eOrigine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eprodotto in Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché nel kit ci sono due misure diverse?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL'anello Ø150 mm cuoce la base, leggermente più grande per accogliere lo stampo. Lo stampo in silicone Ø147 mm forma l'inserto da posizionare sopra, con un adattamento preciso.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLo stampo in silicone può andare in forno?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, serve solo per modellare preparazioni fredde come una mousse o una crema, da congelare prima dell'assemblaggio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al Kit Montblanc?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato palet è più piatto e regolare, adatto a una finitura liscia e contemporanea. Scopri anche il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eKit Montblanc\u003c\/a\u003e per un risultato più alto e scolpito.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e e i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eKit Montblanc\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/macarons\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eprodotti per macarons\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39417949945898,"sku":"25.402.87.0065","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-tarte-ring-palet-o147mm-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772138074"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-montblanc-o80mm-silikomart","title":"Kit 6 Tartellette Montblanc Ø80mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eKit 6 Crostatine Montblanc Ø80 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003e6 anelli microforati e stampo in silicone con 6 cavità per crostatine monoporzione alte\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Crostata Montblanc abbina 6 anelli termoplastici per cuocere le basi e uno stampo in silicone con 6 cavità per modellare mousse e creme da posare sulla base. Il formato alto dello stampo in silicone permette una farcitura generosa, tipica delle crostatine Montblanc alla crema di marroni.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCrostatine per kit\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ anello\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e80 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eantiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ cavità in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e74 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 42 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eIntervallo termico\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e-60 a 230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostatine Montblanc, crema di marroni e panna montata modellata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBasi di crostata cotte negli anelli, mousse o crema modellata a parte nello stampo in silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert invernali monoporzione per vetrina o buffet delle feste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAssemblaggio della base e dell'inserto prima del servizio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio per l'assemblaggio:\u003c\/strong\u003e cuocete le basi in bianco negli anelli microforati, modellate il composto nello stampo in silicone e poi surgelate prima di sformare. Posate l'inserto surgelato sulla base raffreddata e lasciate scongelare in frigorifero prima di completare la decorazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eComposizione del kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e6 anelli termoplastici + 1 stampo in silicone con 6 cavità\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dell'anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni della cavità in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ74 mm, altezza 42 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dell'anello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003etermoplastico antiaderente, inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003esilicone alimentare flessibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e-60 °C a +230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCosa contiene il kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e6 anelli termoplastici Ø80 mm per cuocere le basi e uno stampo in silicone con 6 cavità Ø74 mm per modellare la farcitura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché la cavità in silicone è alta 42 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta altezza permette una farcitura generosa, caratteristica del dessert Montblanc, senza superare il diametro della base una volta posata.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa serve lo stampo in silicone?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer modellare una mousse o una crema che verrà surgelata e poi posata sul fondo della crostata cotto, per un assemblaggio preciso e uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i kit \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eGlam e Ring Palet\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra collezione di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eGlam e Ring Palet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/macarons\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eprodotti per macarons\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39417953714218,"sku":"25.297.87.0065","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-6-tartelettes-montblanc-o80mm-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772138077"},{"product_id":"kit-8-fingers-13-x-2-7cm-silikomart","title":"Kit 8 fingers 13 x 2,7 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eKit 8 Fingers 13 x 2,7 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo in silicone, tagliapasta e coppette da presentazione per dessert finger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit 8 Fingers comprende uno stampo in silicone con 8 impronte da 13 x 2,7 cm, un tagliapasta per ritagliare le basi della misura giusta e 10 coppette ovali per la presentazione. Un kit completo per realizzare dessert finger regolari, dall'assemblaggio all'impiattamento.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eImpronte\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e8\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e13 x 2,7 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCoppette ovali\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eTagliapasta\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e1\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert finger, mousse e creme in formato allungato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eRitagliate le basi con il tagliapasta in dotazione, modellate il composto e disponete nelle coppette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePasticcini e dessert per ricevimenti, buffet o cocktail dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eRicetta inclusa nel kit per guidarvi nel primo assemblaggio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio per l'assemblaggio:\u003c\/strong\u003e ritagliate la base della misura giusta prima di assemblare, per ottenere un finger preciso ed equilibrato. Congelate l'inserto nello stampo prima di sformarlo, per mantenere i bordi dritti, poi disponetelo direttamente nelle coppette ovali per servirlo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eComposizione del kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e1 stampo in silicone con 8 impronte + 1 tagliapasta + 10 coppette ovali\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni dell'impronta\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e13 x 2,7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003esilicone alimentare flessibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eContenuti aggiuntivi\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ericetta inclusa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCosa contiene il kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUno stampo in silicone con 8 impronte da 13 x 2,7 cm, un tagliapasta e 10 coppette ovali da presentazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa serve il tagliapasta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer ritagliare le basi (biscotto, croccante) esattamente a misura dello stampo, per un assemblaggio pulito senza sbavature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLe coppette sono riutilizzabili?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, servono per presentare i fingers nel piatto e possono essere lavate e riutilizzate per altri servizi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e e i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/macarons\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eprodotti per macarons\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39417959743530,"sku":"36.248.87.0065","price":25.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-8-fingers-13-x-27cm-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772138083"},{"product_id":"cercle-oval-arrondi-a-tartelette-micro-perfore","title":"Cerchio Ovale Arrotondato per Tartelletta Microforato - XF12","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Anelli \/ Cornici\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello ovale arrotondato microforato per crostatine - XF12\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello microforato in acciaio inossidabile per basi di crostatine regolari\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello ovale arrotondato per crostatine, microforato e realizzato in acciaio inossidabile, è progettato per essere riutilizzato molte volte. Le perforazioni garantiscono una cottura uniforme degli impasti (pasta frolla, brisée, dolce e sfoglia) e consentono di ottenere basi per crostatine precise e regolari.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e10 x 5,5 x 2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForma\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eOvale arrotondato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eSingolarmente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBasi per crostatine di pasta frolla, brisée o dolce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePasta sfoglia per crostatine sottili\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura in bianco grazie alla microforatura\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUso ripetuto in produzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e sciacqua e asciuga l'anello dopo ogni utilizzo per preservare l'acciaio inossidabile ed evita le spugne abrasive, che potrebbero danneggiare le perforazioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Scheda prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 x 5,5 x 2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eOvale arrotondato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMicroforatura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSì\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eVenduto singolarmente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa serve la microforatura di questo anello?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePermette al calore di circolare attraverso l'impasto durante la cottura, evitando che le basi risultino umide e garantendo una cottura uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali impasti si possono cuocere in questo anello?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePasta frolla, pasta brisée, pasta frolla dolce e pasta sfoglia, per basi di crostatine regolari.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome si pulisce l'anello dopo l'uso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eRisciacqualo con acqua calda e asciugalo accuratamente; evita le spugne abrasive che potrebbero danneggiare le perforazioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\"\u003egamma Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003eAttrezzatura professionale per pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eAttrezzatura professionale per pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/materiels-moules-a-chocolat\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi per cioccolato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39736150753322,"sku":"XF12","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-oval-arrondi-a-tartelette-micro-perfore-pavoni-1.jpg?v=1772141031"},{"product_id":"cercle-opera-inox-3-tailles-au-choix","title":"Cerchio Opéra in acciaio inox","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Cerchio per Opera in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eCerchio per Opera in acciaio inox - 3 misure a scelta\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eCerchio basso in acciaio inox per opere e dessert raffinati, 3 diametri a scelta, fabbricazione francese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL'anello Opéra Mallard Ferrière è pensato per entremets bassi e torte a strati sottili: opéra, entremets glassati, rotoli di biscotto assemblati in piano. L'altezza ridotta di 2,5 cm permette di realizzare strati sottili con precisione, senza eccedere con il ripieno sui lati, per un taglio netto e uniforme. Prodotto in Francia in acciaio inox, è disponibile in 3 diametri, in base al numero di porzioni desiderato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametri\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e16 \/ 20 \/ 24 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e3 misure tra cui scegliere\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eformato basso, entremets sottili\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inox\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eprodotto in Francia\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nMisure disponibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Scheda prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eØ 16 cm x H 2,5 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eentremets per 6-8 porzioni sottili\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eØ 20 cm x H 2,5 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eentremets per 8-10 porzioni sottili\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eØ 24 cm x H 2,5 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eentremets per 10-12 porzioni sottili\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAssemblaggio in piano: appoggiare l'anello sul piatto da portata o su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno e riempire a strati successivi (biscotto, cremoso, glassa).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: rivestire l'interno con una striscia di acetato per ottenere un bordo netto, soprattutto con preparazioni glassate o a base di mousse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: adatto alla cottura di impasti sablée o frolli grazie all'altezza ridotta; posizionare direttamente su una teglia da forno.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCongelamento: l'anello passa dal congelatore al piano di lavoro senza deformarsi, ideale per gli entremets preparati in anticipo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa sapere\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa sapere\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacquare con acqua calda dopo l'uso; l'anello è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Evitare le spugne metalliche abrasive, che possono graffiare la parete interna e compromettere lo sformo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale misura di anello Opéra scegliere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Ø 16 cm è adatto per 6-8 porzioni sottili, il Ø 20 cm per 8-10 porzioni e il Ø 24 cm per 10-12 porzioni. La scelta dipende soprattutto dal numero di ospiti e dallo spessore degli strati previsti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto anello può essere messo in forno?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'acciaio inox resiste alla cottura in forno. L'anello Opéra è particolarmente adatto alla cottura di basi di pasta frolla o sablée grazie alla sua altezza ridotta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome sformare perfettamente un entremets basso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eRivestire l'interno dell'anello con una striscia di acetato prima di assemblare, poi passare brevemente il cannello o un panno caldo sul bordo prima di sollevare l'anello.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e o completa l'attrezzatura con le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebocchette per decorare\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebocchette per decorare\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Ø 16 cm x h 2,5","offer_id":46584047075667,"sku":"06750","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 20 cm x h 2,5","offer_id":46584047206739,"sku":"06752","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 24 cm x h 2,5","offer_id":46584047108435,"sku":"06754","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-opera-inox-3-tailles-au-choix-mallard-ferriere-1.jpg?v=1772145858"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-graphique","title":"Kit Torta Grafica","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Kit per crostate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eKit crostata grafica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello microforato Ø 250 mm e stampo in silicone con motivo a zigzag, per una crostata dal design contemporaneo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit crostata grafica rinnova la crostata da condividere combinando due elementi: un anello microforato da 250 mm che cuoce uniformemente la pasta e uno stampo in silicone con motivo a linee zigzag sovrapposte che modella la superficie della farcitura. Il risultato unisce una base croccante a una farcitura dal rilievo grafico, senza bisogno di decorazioni manuali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAnello da forno\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 250 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ePlastica tecnica microforata\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eZigzag\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eLinee sovrapposte\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePorzioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e8-10\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostata da condividere dal design contemporaneo, per la vetrina o la tavola\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAssemblaggio di una base cotta e di una farcitura surgelata sformata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets alla mousse su una base di pasta croccante\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert d’effetto per un menu stagionale o un’occasione di festa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l’uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Cuocete il fondo nell’anello perforato appoggiato su un tappetino forato, prima in bianco ed eventualmente con un sottile strato di crema di mandorle. Versate la mousse nello stampo grafico e lasciatela congelare completamente per un’intera notte, per sformare il motivo senza imperfezioni, quindi adagiatela sulla base. Uno spray effetto velluto uniforme esalta il rilievo a zigzag meglio di una glassa lucida.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAnello da forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 250 mm, plastica tecnica microforata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eMotivo a zigzag con linee sovrapposte\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003ePorzioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e8-10 porzioni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAssemblaggio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBase cotta al forno + farcitura modellata e surgelata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl motivo a zigzag si mantiene bene quando si sforma?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, a condizione di lasciarla congelare completamente per un’intera notte: il silicone riproduce così ogni linea del rilievo senza aderire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale tipo di pasta è meglio usare con questo kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUna pasta frolla sottile cotta in bianco nell’anello perforato offre il miglior contrasto di consistenza con la mousse di copertura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eChe dimensioni ha la crostata che si può realizzare con questo kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL’anello da 250 mm permette di preparare una crostata da condividere, per 8-10 porzioni, un formato adatto a una tavola numerosa o alla vetrina di un negozio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\"\u003eKit anello per crostata Ø 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e per una versione più classica, oppure esplora la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003eTorte \u0026amp; crostatine\u003c\/a\u003e e la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eKit anello per crostata Ø 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTorte \u0026amp; Tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46610127946067,"sku":"23.202.13.0065","price":25.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-tarte-graphique-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772146063"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-ring-190mm","title":"Kit Tarte Ring ⌀ 190 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Kit per crostate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring Ø 190 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello termoplastico e stampo in silicone, per una crostata a strati in formato piccolo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Tarte Ring Ø 190 mm abbina un anello termoplastico microforato per cuocere la base e uno stampo in silicone per colare una mousse o una crema da sovrapporre. L’abbinamento permette di ottenere una crostata a due consistenze: una base croccante cotta in forno, sormontata da una farcitura modellata con precisione, senza bisogno di decorarla manualmente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAnello per cottura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 190 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 20 mm, fino a 180 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 20 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCapacità totale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e400 ml\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a strati, base cotta e mousse o crema sovrapposte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato compatto per una produzione ridotta o una tavola più piccola\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets monoporzione grande o torta da condividere in due\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eComposizione creativa: ganache montata, inserto alla frutta, pralinato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l’uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e cuocete la base nell’anello termoplastico, antiaderente e inossidabile, posizionato su una teglia o su un tappetino microforato. Versate la mousse o la crema nello stampo in silicone separatamente e congelatela prima di sformarla; quindi assemblate i due elementi. Adatto al forno e al congelatore, con un’elevata stabilità termica che evita deformazioni tra i due utilizzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAnello termoplastico\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 190 mm, altezza 20 mm, resistente fino a 180 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 160 mm, altezza 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacità totale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e400 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriali\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAntiaderente e inossidabile, adatto al forno e al congelatore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCosa contiene esattamente questo kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn anello termoplastico microforato Ø 190 mm per la base e uno stampo in silicone Ø 160 mm per la mousse o la crema, per una capacità totale di 400 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eBisogna cuocere i due pezzi insieme?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, l’anello va in forno per la base, mentre lo stampo in silicone accoglie la farcitura fredda, che viene congelata separatamente prima di essere sformata e assemblata.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al Kit per torta ad anello Ø 250 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Ø 190 mm è adatto a un formato più compatto, per una produzione ridotta o una tavola più piccola. Il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\"\u003eØ 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e permette di realizzare una torta più grande.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfronta con il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\"\u003eKit per torta ad anello Ø 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e o con il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-rectangle-265x105mm\"\u003eKit per torta rettangolare 265 x 105 mm\u003c\/a\u003e, oppure esplora la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003eTorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-rectangle-265x105mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eKit per torta rettangolare 265 x 105 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47125812347219,"sku":"20.369.87.0065","price":28.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm-silikomart-1.png?v=1772148003"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-ring-250mm","title":"Kit Tarte Ring ⌀ 250 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Kit per crostate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring Ø 250 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello termoplastico e stampo in silicone, per una crostata finale Ø 240 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Tarte Ring Ø 250 mm combina un anello per crostate termoplastico e uno stampo in silicone, per una crostata finale di 240 mm di diametro dalle finiture precise. La base cuoce nell’anello microforato, mentre lo stampo in silicone dà forma a una mousse o a una crema da adagiare sopra, per una crostata grande da condividere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAnello da cottura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 250 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 20 mm, termoplastico\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 205 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 20 mm, 650 ml\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCrostata finale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 240 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostata moderna rotonda a due consistenze, con base e crema o mousse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eGrande formato da condividere, ideale per una tavola imbandita\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eInserto al cioccolato o alla frutta da colare nella crema prima dell’assemblaggio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDecorazione commestibile o spray effetto velluto per rifinire la superficie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli d’uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e cuoci la base nell’anello antiaderente appoggiato su una teglia o un tappetino microforato, poi sforma e lascia raffreddare. Versa la mousse o la crema nello stampo in silicone e congela fino al cuore prima di sformarla, quindi adagiala sulla base per l’assemblaggio finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAnello per crostate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 250 mm, altezza 20 mm, termoplastico antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 205 mm, altezza 20 mm, 650 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCrostata finale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno e congelatore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCosa contiene il kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn anello per crostate termoplastico Ø 250 mm per la base e uno stampo in silicone Ø 205 mm da 650 ml per la mousse o la crema da mettere sopra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è il diametro finale della crostata?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa crostata finale misura Ø 240 mm, un formato generoso per una tavola imbandita o la vetrina di un negozio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al Kit Tarte Ring Ø 190 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Ø 250 mm permette di ottenere una crostata decisamente più grande, adatta a un maggior numero di ospiti. Il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm\"\u003eØ 190 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è più compatto, per una produzione ridotta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfronta il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring Ø 190 mm\u003c\/a\u003e o il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-rectangle-265x105mm\"\u003eKit Tarte Rectangle 265 x 105 mm\u003c\/a\u003e, oppure esplora la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003eCrostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ 190 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-rectangle-265x105mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eKit Tarte Rectangle 265 x 105 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCrostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47125825356115,"sku":"20.387.87.0065","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm-silikomart-1.png?v=1772148011"},{"product_id":"kit-tarte-rectangle-265x105mm","title":"Kit Crostata Rettangolare 265x105mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Kit Tarte\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eKit Tarte Rectangle 265 x 105 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eCornice termoplastica e stampo in silicone, per una tartelletta rettangolare a due consistenze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Kit Tarte Rectangle dà una nuova dimensione alla tartelletta rettangolare, con due elementi complementari: una cornice termoplastica indeformabile da 265 x 105 mm per cuocere la base in forno e uno stampo in silicone da 235 x 75 mm per una mousse o una crema da adagiarvi sopra. Un formato allungato che si distingue dalla classica tartelletta rotonda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCornice da forno\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e265 x 105 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 20 mm, materiale termoplastico\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e235 x 75 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 20 mm, 332 ml\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura del silicone\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e-60 °C \/ +230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTartelletta rettangolare a due consistenze, base cotta e crema o mousse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato allungato per buffet, catering o vassoio da degustazione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eInserto al cioccolato o alla frutta colato nello stampo in silicone prima dell’assemblaggio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlternativa geometrica ai Kit Tarte Ring rotondi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli d’uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e cuocere la base nella cornice rettangolare antiaderente e indeformabile, posizionata su teglia o tappetino microforato. Versare la mousse nello stampo in silicone separatamente, abbattere fino al cuore prima di sformare, quindi adagiare sulla base per l’assemblaggio finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Scheda prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCornice da forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e265 x 105 mm, altezza 20 mm, termoplastico antiaderente e indeformabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eStampo in silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e235 x 75 mm, altezza 20 mm, 332 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eIntervallo di temperatura del silicone\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e-60 °C a +230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno e congelatore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSilikomart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCosa contiene il kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUna cornice termoplastica da 265 x 105 mm per la base e uno stampo in silicone da 235 x 75 mm, da 332 ml, per la mousse o la crema della parte superiore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLa cornice rettangolare può andare in forno?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è termoplastico e indeformabile, progettato per cuocere direttamente in forno la base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché scegliere un formato rettangolare invece di un Kit Tarte Ring rotondo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato rettangolare è più adatto per tagliare porzioni regolari e identiche, per un buffet o un servizio di catering. I \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring rotondi\u003c\/a\u003e sono più classici per una torta circolare da condividere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfrontate il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring Ø 190 mm\u003c\/a\u003e o il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring Ø 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e, oppure scoprite la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\"\u003eTorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-190mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring rotondi\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/kit-tarte-ring-250mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eKit Tarte Ring Ø 250 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/tarte-un-jour-tarte-toujours\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTorte e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47125862285651,"sku":"20.390.87.0065","price":29.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/kit-tarte-rectangle-265x105mm-silikomart-1.png?v=1772148037"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-tartelette-micro-perfore-choisir-la-taille","title":"Cerchio perforato per tartellette","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Anelli microforati per tartellette\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello per tartellette microforato da Ø6 a Ø12 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello microforato per tartellette monoporzione croccanti\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello microforato per tartellette in acciaio inossidabile, alto 2 cm, è disponibile da Ø6 a Ø12 cm per realizzare basi di tartellette monoporzione dalla consistenza croccante. Le microperforazioni laterali garantiscono una cottura uniforme e una buona evacuazione dell'umidità, anche con farciture cremose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ6-Ø12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ePorzione individuale\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFormato tartelletta\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eParete\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eMicroforato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFondo croccante garantito\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTartellette monoporzione per pasticceria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePasticcini e stuzzichini per buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eQuiche e torte salate monoporzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Imburrate leggermente l'interno prima di stendere la pasta per facilitare la sformatura. Un tappetino da forno perforato posizionato sotto il cerchio migliora ulteriormente l'evacuazione dell'umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano o in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una tartelletta monoporzione classica?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato Ø7 cm o Ø8 cm è il più comune per una tartelletta monoporzione da pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesti anelli sono adatti alla piccola pasticceria?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i formati da Ø6 cm sono adatti a piccola pasticceria e bocconcini per buffet e vassoi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto all'anello per crostata perforato di grande formato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello copre i formati da Ø6 a Ø12 cm per una porzione singola, mentre il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-tarte-micro-perfore-choisir-la-taille\"\u003eanello per crostata perforato\u003c\/a\u003e copre da Ø14 a Ø28 cm per crostate da condividere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\"\u003ecollezione di stampi per crostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e e il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/rectangle-perfore-10-x-6-x-2-cm\"\u003erettangolo perforato\u003c\/a\u003e per un formato allungato monoporzione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-tarte-micro-perfore-choisir-la-taille\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanello per crostata perforato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi per crostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rectangle-perfore-10-x-6-x-2-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003erettangolo perforato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"6cm","offer_id":49766968492371,"sku":"46455","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"7cm","offer_id":49766968557907,"sku":"46456","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"8cm","offer_id":49766968623443,"sku":"46460","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"9cm","offer_id":49766968590675,"sku":"46459","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10cm","offer_id":49766989037907,"sku":"46461","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12cm","offer_id":49766989070675,"sku":"46462","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-tartelette-perfore-choisir-la-taille-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772154087"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-tarte-micro-perfore-choisir-la-taille","title":"Cerchio per Crostata Microforato","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Anelli perforati per crostate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello per crostata perforato Ø14-Ø28 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAnello microforato per crostate e quiche da condividere, per una cottura croccante\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello per crostate microforato in acciaio inossidabile, alto 2 cm, è disponibile in 8 diametri da Ø14 a Ø28 cm. Le microperforazioni laterali evacuano l'umidità durante la cottura, per ottenere un fondo croccante nelle crostate e quiche da condividere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003e8 diametri disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eØ14-Ø28 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFormati da individuali a familiari\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eIdeale per crostate e quiche\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eParete\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eMicroforato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eCottura uniforme, fondo croccante\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostate dolci da condividere (al limone, alla frutta, al cioccolato)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eQuiche e torte salate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato di riferimento CAP Pâtisserie (Ø20 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Questo anello è alto 2 cm, una misura pensata per crostate e quiche. Per i dolci e le mousse, preferite un anello alto 4,5 cm, come il nostro classico anello da pasticceria. Non usate prodotti abrasivi sull'acciaio inossidabile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile 18\/10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFino a 230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavabile a mano o in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una crostata da condividere in famiglia?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Ø20 cm (6-8 porzioni) o il Ø24 cm (8-10 porzioni) sono adatti per una crostata da condividere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché un'altezza di 2 cm e non maggiore?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta altezza è lo standard per crostate e quiche francesi. Per i dolci a più strati, preferite un anello alto 4,5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto all'anello per tartellette microforato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello per crostate è disponibile nei formati da Ø14 a Ø28 cm, pensati per essere condivisi, mentre il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-tartelette-micro-perfore-choisir-la-taille\"\u003eanello per tartellette microforato\u003c\/a\u003e è disponibile nei formati da Ø6 a Ø12 cm per una porzione individuale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\"\u003ecollezione di anelli per crostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e e il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-oblong-perfore-choisir-la-taille\"\u003eanello ovale microforato\u003c\/a\u003e per formati allungati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-tartelette-micro-perfore-choisir-la-taille\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanello per tartellette microforato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di anelli per crostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-oblong-perfore-choisir-la-taille\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanello ovale microforato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"14cm","offer_id":49767001456979,"sku":"46463","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"16cm","offer_id":49767001489747,"sku":"46464","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"18cm","offer_id":49767001522515,"sku":"46465","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":49767001555283,"sku":"46466","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22cm","offer_id":49767001588051,"sku":"46467","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"24cm","offer_id":49767001620819,"sku":"46468","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"26cm","offer_id":49767061324115,"sku":"46469","price":16.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28cm","offer_id":49767061356883,"sku":"46470","price":17.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-tarte-perfore-choisir-la-taille-patisse-1.png?v=1772154089"},{"product_id":"carre-perfore-choisir-la-taille","title":"Quadrato perforato","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Quadrati perforati\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eQuadrato perforato da 12, 14 o 16 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eCornice quadrata microforata per crostate e basi croccanti\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto quadrato perforato in acciaio inossidabile, alto 2 cm, è disponibile con lati da 12, 14 o 16 cm. I microfori favoriscono la fuoriuscita dell'umidità durante la cottura, per ottenere una base di crostata croccante.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMisure disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e12\/14\/16 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eForma quadrata\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFormato per crostate e basi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eParete\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eMicroforato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eCottura uniforme\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostate e quiche quadrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBasi di pasticceria dolci o salate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert moderni dalla presentazione quadrata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Senza fondo, da appoggiare su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno. Imburrate leggermente le pareti per sformare facilmente.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrata, microforata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMisure disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12 cm, 14 cm, 16 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano o in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa servono i microfori?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePermettono all'umidità di fuoriuscire durante la cottura, evitando che la pasta si inumidisca e ottenendo un fondo croccante.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale misura scegliere per una crostata da condividere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato da 16 cm offre la superficie più ampia tra i tre formati disponibili, ideale da condividere in più persone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto quadrato è adatto alle preparazioni salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto sia alle crostate dolci sia alle quiche e alle torte salate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\"\u003ecollezione di stampi per crostate e crostatine\u003c\/a\u003e e il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/rectangle-perfore-10-x-6-x-2-cm\"\u003erettangolo perforato\u003c\/a\u003e per un formato allungato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di crostate e crostatine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rectangle-perfore-10-x-6-x-2-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003erettangolo perforato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"12 cm","offer_id":49767113687379,"sku":"46476","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 cm","offer_id":49767113621843,"sku":"46477","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 cm","offer_id":49767113654611,"sku":"46478","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/carre-perfore-choisir-la-taille-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772154092"},{"product_id":"cercle-extensible-17-30-cm-top-qualite","title":"Cerchio Estensibile 17-30 cm - con Leva di Bloccaggio","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Anelli estensibili\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello Estensibile da 17 a 30 cm, con Leva di Bloccaggio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eChiusura a leva per una regolazione stabile, altezza 7 o 9 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello estensibile Patisse si regola da 17 a 30 cm di diametro grazie a una leva di bloccaggio che mantiene saldamente la misura scelta durante tutto l'assemblaggio. Disponibile in altezza da 7 cm o 9 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro regolabile\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e17-30 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eFormato rotondo\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezze disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7 \/ 9 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eA scelta\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eChiusura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eLeva\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eBloccaggio stabile della misura\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets, flan e cheesecake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMousse e dessert a più strati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni dolci e salate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e La leva di bloccaggio mantiene la misura impostata senza scivolare durante l'assemblaggio e la cottura. Compatibile con la lavastoviglie per una facile manutenzione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro regolabile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eDa 17 a 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezze disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e7 cm o 9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eChiusura\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLeva di bloccaggio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCompatibile con la lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa serve la leva di bloccaggio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePermette di impostare il diametro desiderato e di bloccarlo saldamente, per una maggiore stabilità durante l'assemblaggio e la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto anello è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è compatibile con la lavastoviglie, a differenza di altri anelli estensibili Patisse da lavare esclusivamente a mano.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto all'anello estensibile da 18-31 cm senza leva?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello si distingue per il sistema di chiusura a leva, che blocca la misura impostata, mentre il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-patisserie-extensible-13-31cm\"\u003eanello estensibile da 18 a 31 cm\u003c\/a\u003e si regola con il classico sistema scorrevole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecollezione di anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e e la gamma completa \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cercle-a-patisserie-extensible-13-31cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eanello estensibile da 18 a 31 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione anelli e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"7 cm","offer_id":49770862707027,"sku":"02458","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"9 cm","offer_id":49770862739795,"sku":"02457","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-extensible-17-30-cm-avec-levier-de-blocage-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772154096"},{"product_id":"nonnettes-inox-matfer-8cm-4cm-lot","title":"4 Nonnettes in acciaio inox D80 H40 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMatfer - Cerchi \/ Cornici\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 4 cerchi rotondi in acciaio inox, Ø8 cm x H4 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eCerchi monoporzione in acciaio inox per dessert, tortini morbidi e cheesecake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesti cerchi in acciaio inox Matfer, marchio francese di riferimento negli utensili da pasticceria, garantiscono risultati perfettamente uniformi per le vostre creazioni monoporzione. Ideali per dessert, tortini morbidi o cheesecake, offrono una finitura precisa e un'elevata durata, sia nell'uso professionale sia in laboratorio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCerchi da pasticceria\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e8 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inox\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparare dessert o biscotti monoporzione dalla forma perfetta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCuocere in forno tortini morbidi, flan o cake monoporzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparare a freddo mousse, dacquoise o cheesecake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Lavare con acqua calda e sapone o in lavastoviglie, poi asciugare con cura per preservare la brillantezza dell'acciaio inox. Prodotto in Francia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi possono usare questi cerchi direttamente in forno?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'acciaio inox resiste alla cottura in forno per preparare tortini morbidi, flan o cake monoporzione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSono adatti per preparazioni a freddo, senza cottura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, sono adatti sia per preparare mousse, dacquoise o cheesecake sia per la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome pulire i cerchi dopo l'uso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLavare con acqua calda e sapone o in lavastoviglie, poi asciugare con cura per mantenere la brillantezza dell'acciaio inox.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/matfer\"\u003eMatfer\u003c\/a\u003e o l'intera gamma di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003eCerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/matfer\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eMatfer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/fouets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eFruste e spatole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Matfer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50601667428691,"sku":"375337","price":32.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/4-nonnettes-inox-d80-h40-mm-matfer-1.jpg?v=1772155984"},{"product_id":"plateau-monoportions-blanc-80mm-250pcs-pavoni-plastique","title":"Supporti rotondi bianchi - 250 pz - Ø 80 mm - VP3BN","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - basi e vassoi espositivi\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eBase rotonda bianca Ø 80 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eConfezione da 250 basi con manico per monoporzioni e mignon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa base rotonda bianca Ø 80 mm di Pavoni Italia è progettata per presentare dessert individuali in negozio, in vetrina o nei servizi di catering. La forma arrotondata con manico facilita la manipolazione e il servizio, offrendo al contempo una base stabile per monoporzioni, dessert individuali e mignon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 80 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eForma rotonda con manico\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e250 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003ePlastica per uso alimentare\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eMonouso\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMonoporzioni moderne e dessert individuali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMignon e pasticcini in vetrina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBuffet, cocktail con cena e catering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione al piatto o per degustazioni in piedi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Supporto monouso, non riutilizzabile. Conservare la confezione al riparo dall'umidità e dal calore per evitare deformazioni prima dell'uso.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda con manico\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePlastica per uso alimentare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eConfezione da 250 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePresentazione di monoporzioni, mignon e pasticcini\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesta base è impilabile per lo stoccaggio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la sua forma rigida consente di impilarla in modo stabile prima dell'uso, facilitando lo stoccaggio in magazzino.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale formato di dessert è adatto a questa base rotonda?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Ø 80 mm è adatto alle monoporzioni classiche; per creazioni più grandi, il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-carres-blanc-250pcs-80-x-80-mm\"\u003esupporto quadrato 80 x 80 mm\u003c\/a\u003e offre una base più ampia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ possibile utilizzare questo supporto a basse temperature?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la plastica per uso alimentare resiste al normale freddo del frigorifero e del congelatore in pasticceria, senza deformarsi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e e la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-carres-blanc-250pcs-80-x-80-mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003esupporto quadrato 80 x 80 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50736791716179,"sku":"VP3BN","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/supports-ronds-blanc-250pcs-o-80-mm-pavoni-1.webp?v=1772156784"},{"product_id":"supports-rectangulaires-blanc-250pcs-138-x-38-mm","title":"Supporti rettangolari bianchi - 250 pezzi – 138 x 38 mm - VP2BN","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Basi e supporti\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSupporto rettangolare bianco 130 x 38 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eConfezione da 250 supporti con manico per pasticcini e stuzzichini allungati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl supporto rettangolare bianco di Pavoni Italia, nel formato 130 x 38 mm, è progettato per presentare dessert monoporzione allungati e stuzzichini salati. Il manico integrato ne facilita la manipolazione durante il servizio, in negozio e in vetrina.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e130 x 38 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eForma rettangolare con manico\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e250 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003ePlastica per uso alimentare\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eMonouso\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCocktail con cena e buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVetrine di pasticceria e presentazioni in negozio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFinger food e stuzzichini golosi, dolci o salati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEventi professionali e cerimonie familiari di alto livello\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Supporto monouso, non riutilizzabile. Conservare la confezione al riparo dall'umidità e dal calore per evitare deformazioni prima dell'uso.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare con manico\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e130 x 38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePlastica per uso alimentare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eConfezione da 250 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePresentazione di dessert, torte e stuzzichini dolci o salati\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto alla base rettangolare 90 x 38 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato 130 x 38 mm è più lungo, adatto a stuzzichini e dessert allungati; la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-rectangulaires-blanc-350pcs-90-x-38-mm\"\u003ebase 90 x 38 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è adatta a porzioni più corte e viene fornita in confezione da 350 pezzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesta base è adatta alle preparazioni salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatta sia agli stuzzichini salati e al finger food, sia ai dessert dolci.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ possibile personalizzare questa base?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePavoni offre la possibilità di personalizzare il prodotto su richiesta per gli ordini in grandi quantità; contattateci per maggiori informazioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse complementari\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e e la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-rectangulaires-blanc-350pcs-90-x-38-mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebase 90 x 38 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50736889528659,"sku":"VP2BN","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/supports-rectangulaires-blanc-250pcs-138-x-38-mm-pavoni-1.webp?v=1772156788"},{"product_id":"supports-carres-blanc-350pcs-60-x-60-mm","title":"Supporti quadrati bianchi - 350 pz - 60 x 60 mm - VP4BN","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Basi e supporti\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSupporto quadrato bianco 61 x 61 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eConfezione da 350 supporti compatibili con la gamma Pavoni 40Time, per porzioni medie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl supporto quadrato bianco 61 x 61 mm di Pavoni Italia è calibrato per porzioni medie, dolci o salate, ed è compatibile con gli stampi della gamma professionale Pavoni 40Time. La sua base quadrata essenziale si adatta a ogni tipo di presentazione, in negozio e nei servizi di catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e61 x 61 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eForma quadrata\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e350 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e40Time\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eGamma di stampi Pavoni\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert monoporzione di media grandezza, dolci o salati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCreazioni compatibili con gli stampi della gamma Pavoni 40Time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazioni in vetrina o in buffet professionali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eServizio catering ed eventi premium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e supporto monouso, non riutilizzabile. Conservare la confezione al riparo dall'umidità e dal calore per evitare deformazioni prima dell'uso.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e61 x 61 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePlastica per uso alimentare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eGamma di stampi Pavoni 40Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezionamento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eConfezione da 350 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al supporto quadrato 80 x 80 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato 61 x 61 mm è calibrato per porzioni medie compatibili con 40Time; il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-carres-blanc-250pcs-80-x-80-mm\"\u003esupporto quadrato 80 x 80 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è adatto a creazioni più generose, in confezione da 250 pezzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCos'è la gamma 40Time?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e40Time è una collezione di stampi professionali Pavoni; questo supporto è dimensionato per presentare le monoporzioni realizzate con questi stampi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto anche agli stuzzichini salati?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la sua base quadrata compatta è adatta sia alle creazioni salate sia ai dessert dolci di media grandezza.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e e la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-carres-blanc-250pcs-80-x-80-mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003esupporto quadrato 80 x 80 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50736946577747,"sku":"VP4BN","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/supports-carres-blanc-350pcs-60-x-60-mm-pavoni-1.webp?v=1772156791"},{"product_id":"supports-rectangulaires-blanc-350pcs-90-x-38-mm","title":"Supporti rettangolari bianchi - 350 pezzi – 90 x 38 mm - VP5BN","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Basi \u0026amp; supporti\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSupporto rettangolare bianco 90 x 38 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eConfezione da 350 supporti compatibili con la gamma Pavoni 40Time, formato allungato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl supporto rettangolare bianco 90 x 38 mm di Pavoni Italia valorizza le creazioni allungate, dolci o salate, e si integra nella gamma professionale Pavoni 40Time. La sua forma sottile e il design essenziale sono adatti sia alla vetrina che al servizio al piatto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e90 x 38 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eForma rettangolare\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e350 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e40Time\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eGamma di stampi Pavoni\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert individuali dalla forma allungata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMonoporzioni salate o mini entremets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEsposizione in negozio, buffet o eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCreazioni compatibili con la gamma Pavoni 40Time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e supporto monouso, non riutilizzabile. Conservare la confezione al riparo dall'umidità e dal calore per evitare deformazioni prima dell'uso.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e90 x 38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePlastica per alimenti\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eGamma di stampi Pavoni 40Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eConfezione da 350 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eChe differenza c'è rispetto al supporto rettangolare 130 x 38 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato 90 x 38 mm è più corto, adatto alle porzioni individuali compatte; il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-rectangulaires-blanc-250pcs-138-x-38-mm\"\u003esupporto 130 x 38 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è adatto a monoporzioni più lunghe, in confezione da 250 pezzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto supporto è compatibile con gli stampi 40Time?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, le sue dimensioni sono calibrate per accogliere le monoporzioni realizzate con gli stampi della gamma Pavoni 40Time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare anche per preparazioni salate, oltre che dolci?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto sia ai mini entremets dolci che alle monoporzioni salate e al finger food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e e la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-rectangulaires-blanc-250pcs-138-x-38-mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003esupporto 130 x 38 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50737000907091,"sku":"VP5BN","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/supports-rectangulaires-blanc-350pcs-90-x-38-mm-pavoni-1.webp?v=1772156793"},{"product_id":"supports-carres-blanc-250pcs-80-x-80-mm","title":"Supporti Carrés Blanc - 250 pezzi – 80 x 80 mm - VP1BN","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Basi \u0026amp; Espositori\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSupporto quadrato bianco 80 x 80 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eScatola da 250 supporti con impugnatura per dessert monoporzione generosi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl supporto quadrato bianco da 80 x 80 mm di Pavoni Italia è progettato per valorizzare i dessert monoporzione di dimensioni generose. Le sue linee squadrate e l'impugnatura ergonomica assicurano una presa sicura, mettendo al contempo in risalto le creazioni dolci o salate, in pasticceria, in gastronomia o in una sala da tè.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e80 x 80 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eForma quadrata con impugnatura\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e250 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eScatola\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003ePlastica per alimenti\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eRigido e impilabile\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMousse, piccoli entremets, mini torte e bocconcini generosi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVetrine di pasticceria, sale da tè e degustazioni in negozio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBuffet professionali ed eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto rigido, stabile e impilabile per la conservazione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e supporto monouso, non riutilizzabile. Conservare la scatola al riparo dall'umidità e dal calore per evitare deformazioni prima dell'uso.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrata con impugnatura\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e80 x 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePlastica per alimenti\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eConfezione da 250 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eMousse, piccoli entremets, mini torte e monoporzioni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eChe differenza c'è rispetto al supporto quadrato 61 x 61 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato 80 x 80 mm è adatto a porzioni più abbondanti; il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-carres-blanc-350pcs-60-x-60-mm\"\u003esupporto quadrato 61 x 61 mm\u003c\/a\u003e compatibile con 40Time è calibrato per monoporzioni più compatte.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto supporto è impilabile prima dell'uso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la base rigida consente di impilarli stabilmente in magazzino, facilitandone lo stoccaggio prima del servizio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può personalizzare con i colori del mio negozio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePavoni offre un'opzione di personalizzazione su richiesta per gli ordini in grandi quantità; contattaci per maggiori informazioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e e la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/supports-carres-blanc-350pcs-60-x-60-mm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003esupporto quadrato 61 x 61 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pavoni\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Pavoni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50737095803219,"sku":"VP1BN","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/supports-carres-blanc-250pcs-80-x-80-mm-pavoni-1.webp?v=1772156796"},{"product_id":"set-100-semelles-noires-o86-mm-reutilisables","title":"Set\/100 Solette Nere Ø86 mm – Riutilizzabili","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base per presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 basi nere riutilizzabili ø 86 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBasi rotonde rigide per presentare dolci monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 basi rotonde nere da 86 mm di diametro offre una base rigida e riutilizzabile per presentare mini entremets, crostatine o dolci monoporzione. La loro tonalità nero opaco valorizza i dessert chiari e le glasse colorate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 86 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eNero\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto monoporzione per mini entremets, verrine o torte a piani\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione in vetrina o su un vassoio da buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per trasportare dolci monoporzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatta per l'asporto e per eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugale completamente prima di impilarle per evitare tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e86 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNero\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQueste basi sono monouso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, sono progettate per essere riutilizzate: lavarle con acqua saponata dopo ogni utilizzo permette di riutilizzarle per più eventi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl diametro di 86 mm è adatto a un entremets monoporzione classico?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, 86 mm è un formato comune per mini entremets o crostatine monoporzione; verifica comunque il diametro esatto del tuo stampo prima di ordinare grandi quantità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl colore nero è adatto a tutti i tipi di dessert?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl nero valorizza particolarmente le glasse a specchio colorate e le finiture al cioccolato; per i dessert molto scuri, una base bianca può offrire più contrasto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841123713363,"sku":"52.020.20.0065","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-semelles-noires-o86-mm-reutilisables-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772159575"},{"product_id":"set-100-semelles-blanches-o86-mm-reutilisables","title":"Set da 100 basi bianche Ø86 mm - Riutilizzabili","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base per presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 basi bianche riutilizzabili ø 86 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBasi rigide rotonde per presentare dolci monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 basi rotonde bianche con un diametro di 86 mm offre una base neutra e riutilizzabile per presentare mini entremets, crostatine o dolci monoporzione. Il bianco crea un netto contrasto con i dessert colorati o al cioccolato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 86 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto singolo per mini entremets, verrine o torte a piani\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEsposizione in vetrina o su un vassoio da buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per il trasporto di monoporzioni di pasticceria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUtilizzabile sia per l'asporto che per gli eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e86 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto alla versione nera dello stesso diametro?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCambia solo il colore: entrambe le versioni hanno lo stesso diametro di 86 mm e sono riutilizzabili; la scelta dipende dal contrasto desiderato con il dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl bianco ingiallisce con il tempo o con lavaggi ripetuti?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLavare con acqua tiepida e sapone e asciugare completamente prima di riporle permette di preservare a lungo l'aspetto delle basi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può scrivere o personalizzare la base bianca?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQueste basi sono progettate come supporto neutro per la presentazione, senza una zona dedicata alla scrittura diretta; qualsiasi personalizzazione deve essere realizzata con un supporto aggiuntivo (etichetta, topper).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841232798035,"sku":"52.020.87.0065","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-semelles-blanches-o86-mm-reutilisables-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159581"},{"product_id":"set-100-semelles-carrees-noires-83-83-mm-reutilisables","title":"Set\/100 Solette Quadrate Nere – 83×83 mm – Riutilizzabili","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Sottotavola da presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 sottotavole quadrate nere riutilizzabili da 83 x 83 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eSottotavole quadrate rigide per presentare dolci monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 basi quadrate nere da 83 x 83 mm offre una base stabile e riutilizzabile per entremets o torte monoporzione di forma quadrata. Il formato angolare è particolarmente adatto alle creazioni geometriche e alle presentazioni moderne.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e83 x 83 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eNero\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto singolo per mini entremets, verrine o torte a piani\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEsposizione in vetrina o su un vassoio da buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per il trasporto di monoporzioni di pasticceria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUtilizzabile sia per l'asporto che per gli eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e83 x 83 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNero\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato quadrato è adatto agli stampi per entremets quadrati in commercio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e83 x 83 mm è un formato comune per gli stampi quadrati monoporzione; verificate le misure esatte del vostro stampo prima di ordinare in grandi quantità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eGli angoli della base si danneggiano facilmente con l'uso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl materiale rigido utilizzato è progettato per resistere a manipolazioni e lavaggi ripetuti, anche in corrispondenza degli angoli.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ possibile abbinare questa base quadrata a un anello da pasticceria rotondo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato quadrato è adatto alle preparazioni realizzate in stampi quadrati; per un dolce rotondo, è preferibile una base rotonda del diametro adeguato, per ottenere un allineamento preciso tra la base e la torta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003elinea Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003elinea Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003elinea Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841369506131,"sku":"52.021.20.0065","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-semelles-carrees-noires-8383-mm-reutilisables-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159586"},{"product_id":"set-100-semelles-carrees-blanches-83-83-mm-reutilisables","title":"Set\/100 Solette Quadrate Bianche – 83×83 mm – Riutilizzabili","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Sottotavola da presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 sottotavole quadrate bianche riutilizzabili da 83 x 83 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eSottotavole quadrate rigide per presentare dolci monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 sottotavole quadrate bianche da 83 x 83 mm offre una base neutra e riutilizzabile per entremets o torte quadrate monoporzione. Il bianco valorizza le glasse colorate e le finiture elaborate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e83 x 83 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto individuale per mini entremets, verrine o dolci a piani\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione in vetrina o su un vassoio da buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per trasportare dolci monoporzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatta sia per l'asporto sia per gli eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste sottotavole sono riutilizzabili: è sufficiente lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e83 x 83 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBianco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesta sottotavola bianca è adatta a una glassa a specchio scura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il fondo bianco crea un contrasto netto che valorizza le glasse a specchio scure o colorate, a differenza di una base nera che assorbe più luce.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl formato 83x83 mm è identico alla versione nera?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, le dimensioni e la forma sono identiche, cambia solo il colore tra le due versioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQueste sottotavole sostengono il peso di un classico entremets monoporzione?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la loro rigidità è pensata per sostenere il peso di un dolce monoporzione standard senza deformarsi durante la manipolazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri gli altri formati di sottotavole nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecollezione di cake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841397490003,"sku":"52.021.87.0065","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-semelles-carrees-blanches-8383-mm-reutilisables-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159591"},{"product_id":"set-100-semelles-rectangulaires-noires-83-83-mm-reutilisables","title":"Set di 100 Basi Rettangolari Nere - 140×40 mm - Riutilizzabili","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base da presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 basi rettangolari nere riutilizzabili 140 x 40 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBasi rettangolari rigide per dolci allungati monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 basi rettangolari nere da 140 x 40 mm è pensato per dolci allungati come tronchetti monoporzione, financiers o tortine rettangolari. La base rigida e riutilizzabile facilita la presentazione e il trasporto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e140 x 40 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eNero\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto singolo per mini dessert, verrine o torte a piani\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione in vetrina o su un vassoio da buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per il trasporto di pasticcini monoporzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUtilizzabili sia per l'asporto che per gli eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni servizio. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare che rimangano tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e140 x 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNero\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni servizio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto ai tronchetti monoporzione?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il formato allungato 140 x 40 mm è adatto a tronchetti e monoporzioni di forma rettangolare, un formato comune nella pasticceria delle feste di fine anno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare anche per i financiers o per i plumcake monoporzione?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, questo formato rettangolare è adatto a qualsiasi dolce monoporzione allungato, compresi i financiers, purché le dimensioni del dolce non superino quelle della sottotavola.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLa sottotavola è abbastanza rigida da poter essere tenuta da un'estremità durante il servizio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa sua rigidità permette di maneggiarla tenendola dai bordi senza che si fletta eccessivamente, facilitando il servizio al piatto o a buffet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri gli altri formati di sottotavole nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecollezione di cake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841415151955,"sku":"52.022.20.0065","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-semelles-rectangulaires-noires-14040-mm-reutilisables-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159595"},{"product_id":"set-10-semelles-rondes-o205-mm","title":"Set da 10 sottotorta rotondi Ø205 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base per presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 10 basi rotonde ø 205 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBasi rotonde rigide di grande formato per torte da condividere\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 10 basi rotonde da 205 mm di diametro offre una base rigida per torte da condividere, entremets familiari o torte a piani di medie dimensioni. Il grande diametro lo rende complementare ai formati individuali della gamma di basi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 205 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eUso\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eGrande formato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto per entremets o torte familiari da condividere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per il trasporto di torte a piani di medie dimensioni\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione in vetrina di torte rotonde da tagliare a fette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eComplemento di grande formato alle basi monoporzione della gamma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni servizio. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare che rimangano tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni servizio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eGrande formato, torte da condividere\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA quale diametro di stampo abituale corrispondono 205 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e205 mm è adatto a un dessert o a una torta rotonda di medie dimensioni, spesso destinato a 6-8 porzioni a seconda dello spessore; verificate il diametro del vostro anello o stampo prima di ordinare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesta base è abbastanza rigida da sostenere un dessert intero?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa sua rigidità è progettata per sostenere il peso di un dessert intero durante il trasporto, a condizione di sorreggerla dal basso durante gli spostamenti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ disponibile una versione nera o bianca per questo formato grande?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello di grande formato è disponibile solo nella versione indicata; per una tonalità specifica in un grande diametro, verificate la disponibilità con il nostro team prima di ordinare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003egamma di basi per torte e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebasi per torte e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841543930195,"sku":"52.024.20.0065","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set10-semelles-rondes-o205-mm-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159603"},{"product_id":"set-100-plateaux-fashion-eclair-noirs-140-32-mm","title":"Set\/100 Vassoi Fashion Éclair Neri – 140×32 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base per presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 vassoi Fashion Éclair neri 140 x 32 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eVassoi individuali adatti agli éclair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 vassoi Fashion Éclair neri, nel formato 140 x 32 mm, è appositamente calibrato per presentare éclair individuali. La forma allungata segue il profilo della pasta choux farcita, per una presentazione in vetrina ordinata e uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e140 x 32 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eNero\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione individuale degli éclair classici in vetrina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto per trasportare gli éclair farciti senza danneggiarli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per la vendita da asporto in pasticceria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione uniforme per una gamma completa di éclair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: è sufficiente lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugale completamente prima di impilarle per evitare tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAllungata, adatta agli éclair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e140 x 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNero\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto a tutti gli éclair classici?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e140 x 32 mm corrisponde al formato standard dell'éclair di pasticceria; per éclair più lunghi o larghi, verifica le dimensioni prima di ordinare in grandi quantità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al vassoio Caroline Éclair?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato Fashion Éclair (140 x 32 mm) è più lungo e stretto del formato Caroline (102 x 42 mm), calibrato per un éclair più corto e largo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl vassoio mantiene stabile l'éclair durante il trasporto?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa sua forma segue il profilo dell'éclair e la base rigida limita lo scivolamento durante la manipolazione, purché i vassoi con gli éclair farciti non vengano impilati l'uno sull'altro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003egamma di cake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51841853489491,"sku":"52.235.20.0002","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-plateaux-fashion-eclair-noirs-14032-mm-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159608"},{"product_id":"set-100-plateaux-caroline-eclair-noirs-102-42-mm","title":"Set\/100 Vassoi Caroline Éclair Neri – 102×42 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base di presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 vassoi Caroline Éclair neri 102 x 42 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eVassoi singoli calibrati per éclair corti e larghi\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 vassoi Caroline Éclair neri, nel formato 102 x 42 mm, è calibrato per éclair più corti e larghi rispetto al formato Fashion. Offre una base stabile e riutilizzabile per l'esposizione in vetrina o la vendita da asporto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e102 x 42 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eNero\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePresentazione individuale in vetrina di éclair corti e larghi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto per trasportare éclair farciti senza danneggiarli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per la vendita da asporto in pasticceria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eComplemento del formato Fashion Éclair per una gamma diversificata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare che rimangano tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAllungata, calibrata per éclair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e102 x 42 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNero\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al vassoio Fashion Éclair 140x32 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato Caroline (102 x 42 mm) è più corto e più largo, adatto a éclair tozzi, mentre il Fashion (140 x 32 mm) è ideale per éclair più lunghi e sottili.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare questo vassoio per dolcetti diversi dagli éclair?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa sua forma è calibrata appositamente per il profilo di un éclair corto; per altri dolcetti monoporzione, è più adatto un formato rotondo o quadrato della gamma semelles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesti vassoi sono impilabili per riporli?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eDa vuoti, possono essere impilati per ottimizzare lo spazio; una volta farciti con gli éclair, è preferibile non sovrapporli per non danneggiare la glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003egamma di cake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51842794488147,"sku":"52.291.20.0002","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-plateaux-caroline-eclair-noirs-10242-mm-silikomart-1.webp?v=1772159615"},{"product_id":"set-100-semelles-noires-o100-mm-reutilisables","title":"Set da 100 sottotorte nere Ø100 mm - Riutilizzabili","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSilikomart · Base per presentazione\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 100 basi nere riutilizzabili ø 100 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBasi rotonde rigide per presentare pasticcini monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 100 basi rotonde nere da 100 mm di diametro completa la gamma con un formato leggermente più grande rispetto al modello da 86 mm, adatto agli entremets monoporzione di dimensioni generose. La base rigida e riutilizzabile è adatta sia all'esposizione in vetrina sia al trasporto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 100 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eColore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eNero\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSupporto singolo per mini entremets, verrine o dolci decorati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEsposizione in vetrina o su un vassoio da buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase rigida per trasportare pasticcini monoporzione\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatte alla vendita da asporto e agli eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e queste basi sono riutilizzabili: basta lavarle con acqua tiepida e sapone dopo ogni utilizzo. Asciugatele completamente prima di impilarle per evitare tracce di umidità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantità per set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eColore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNero\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRiutilizzabile, da lavare dopo ogni utilizzo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto alla base rotonda nera da 86 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCambia solo il diametro: il formato da 100 mm è adatto a entremets monoporzione leggermente più generosi rispetto al formato da 86 mm, da scegliere in base al diametro esatto del vostro stampo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi possono abbinare i formati da 86 mm e 100 mm sullo stesso buffet?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, purché ogni pezzo poggi sulla base del diametro corrispondente, i due formati possono convivere in base alla varietà di dessert proposta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQueste basi sono adatte alla glassa a specchio che cola sui bordi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa superficie rigida e liscia consente di rimuovere facilmente piccoli eccessi di glassa senza danneggiarla, a condizione di pulire rapidamente prima che la glassa si solidifichi sul bordo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite gli altri formati di basi nella nostra \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-drum\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecake drum e supporti\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/silikomart\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Silikomart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003egamma Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Silikomart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52121038848339,"sku":"52.002.20.0002","price":22.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set100-semelles-noires-o100-mm-reutilisables-silikomart-1.jpg?v=1772160208"},{"product_id":"pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-50-x-h-40-mm","title":"Confezione da 6 stampi Nonnette in acciaio inox 50 x H 40 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Cerchio per dolci in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eConfezione da 6 cerchi per dolci in acciaio inox 50 x h 40 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato mignon: dessert al bicchiere, pasticcini e stuzzichini individuali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta confezione da 6 cerchi per dolci in acciaio inox Mallard Ferrière è pensata per pasticcini, mignon e stuzzichini. Ogni cerchio misura Ø 5 cm per un'altezza di 4 cm ed è realizzato in acciaio inossidabile di qualità professionale, per servire più porzioni identiche.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eConfezione da 6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ecerchi identici\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVenduto in confezione da 6, ogni cerchio misura Ø 5 cm per un'altezza di 4 cm: ideale per bocconcini individuali da servire all'aperitivo o a fine pasto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMontaggio: posizionare i cerchi direttamente sul piatto da portata o su una teglia, riempire a strati sottili (biscotto, crema, mousse), quindi rimuovere delicatamente il cerchio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: adatti anche alla cottura di piccoli fondi di pasta o biscotti morbidi porzionati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: la parete liscia in acciaio inox facilita uno sformato netto e senza intoppi, anche per preparazioni leggere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e i 6 cerchi sono lavabili in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarli rapidamente dopo aver sformato, per evitare che i residui aderiscano alla parete interna e facilitare il successivo sformato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale uso per questo formato da 5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eÈ il formato più piccolo della gamma, pensato per le monoporzioni: verrine stratificate, pasticcini dolci, stuzzichini salati per un aperitivo o un buffet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eI 6 cerchi da pasticceria sono identici?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la confezione contiene 6 cerchi identici (Ø 5 cm x H 4 cm) per servire più porzioni in serie, con un risultato uniforme su tutta la tavola.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome pulirli tra un utilizzo e l'altro?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eÈ sufficiente un lavaggio in lavastoviglie. Per un uso intensivo in laboratorio, un risciacquo immediato dopo aver sformato evita che i residui si attacchino alla parete interna.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri l'intera \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure abbina delle \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e per una lisciatura precisa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eApprofondisci\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52791452598611,"sku":"07345","price":26.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-80-x-h-45-mm-mallard-ferriere-1.jpg?v=1777686717"},{"product_id":"pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-60-x-h-40-mm","title":"Confezione da 6 stampi Nonnettes in acciaio inox 60 x H 40 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Cerchio per pasticceria in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eConfezione da 6 cerchi per pasticceria in acciaio inox 60 x h 40 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato per porzioni individuali di dessert e antipasti da impiattare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta confezione da 6 cerchi per pasticceria in acciaio inox Mallard Ferrière è pensata per dessert e antipasti individuali da impiattare. Ogni cerchio misura Ø 6 cm per un'altezza di 4 cm ed è realizzato in acciaio inossidabile di qualità professionale, per servire più porzioni con un risultato uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 6 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eConfezione da 6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ecerchi identici\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVenduto in confezione da 6, ogni cerchio misura Ø 6 cm per un'altezza di 4 cm: il formato ideale per una porzione individuale da impiattare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni dolci: dessert al piatto individuali, cheesecake, tiramisù a strati direttamente sul piatto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni salate: tartare, insalate miste o timballi di verdure modellati con precisione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: sollevare il cerchio verticalmente con un movimento regolare per mantenere i bordi dritti su tutta l'altezza.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e i 6 cerchi sono lavabili in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarli rapidamente dopo aver sformato, per evitare che i residui aderiscano alla parete interna e facilitare il successivo sformato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto a un dessert da ristorante?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il formato Ø 6 cm x H 4 cm è comune nella ristorazione per impiattare con precisione un dessert individuale, sia dolce che salato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può cuocere direttamente in questi cerchi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, posizionati su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno, sono adatti alla cottura in forno, ad esempio per un biscotto morbido porzionato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLa confezione da 6 è sufficiente per una tavola completa?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer un pasto di 6 persone, la confezione consente di servire tutti contemporaneamente. Per un numero maggiore, è possibile combinare più confezioni identiche per mantenere un risultato omogeneo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure abbinate delle \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e per una lisciatura precisa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812387418451,"sku":"07347","price":27.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-80-x-h-45-mm-mallard-ferriere-1.jpg?v=1777686717"},{"product_id":"pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-70-x-h-50-mm","title":"Confezione da 6 stampi nonnette in inox 70 x H 50 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Nonnetta in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eConfezione da 6 cerchi per pasticceria in acciaio inox 70 x h 50 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato alto per dessert monoporzione a più strati e bavaresi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta confezione da 6 cerchi per pasticceria in acciaio inox Mallard Ferrière è pensata per dessert monoporzione a più strati e bavaresi. Ogni cerchio misura Ø 7 cm per un'altezza di 5 cm ed è realizzato in acciaio inossidabile di qualità professionale, per servire più porzioni con un risultato uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 7 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eConfezione da 6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ecerchi identici\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVenduto in confezione da 6, ogni cerchio misura Ø 7 cm per un'altezza di 5 cm: il formato più alto della gamma, pensato per sovrapporre più strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMontaggio: ideale per un dessert monoporzione a 3 o 4 strati (biscotto, croccante, mousse, inserto) senza che fuoriesca dal cerchio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBavaresi e charlotte monoporzione: l'altezza maggiore consente di creare una forma bombata dopo la sformatura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCongelamento: questa altezza facilita il raffreddamento delle preparazioni spumose prima della sformatura e della glassatura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e i 6 cerchi sono lavabili in lavastoviglie. Risciacquali rapidamente dopo averli sformati per evitare che i residui si attacchino alla parete interna e facilitare la sformatura successiva.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché scegliere questo formato invece di un cerchio più basso?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL'altezza di 5 cm lascia spazio per 3 o 4 strati senza traboccare, a differenza dei formati da 4 cm, più adatti ai montaggi semplici a 2 strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio è adatto per un semifreddo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'altezza e la resistenza termica sono adatte ai semifreddi che devono mantenere più strati prima di essere sformati da freddi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome evitare che la mousse fuoriesca dal fondo durante il montaggio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePosiziona il cerchio su una base rigida (disco di cartone o teglia) e rivesti il bordo interno con acetato per ottenere un montaggio ben sigillato fino alla sommità.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure abbina delle \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e per una lisciatura precisa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812401508691,"sku":"07398","price":28.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-80-x-h-45-mm-mallard-ferriere-1.jpg?v=1777686717"},{"product_id":"pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-80-x-h-45-mm","title":"Set di 6 Cerchi Nonnette in Acciaio Inox 80 x H 45 mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Nonnetta in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eConfezione da 6 nonnette in acciaio inox 80 x h 45 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato generoso per antipasti freddi e dessert sostanziosi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta confezione da 6 nonnette in acciaio inox Mallard Ferrière è calibrata per antipasti freddi abbondanti e dessert sostanziosi. Ogni cerchio misura Ø 8 cm per un'altezza di 4,5 cm ed è realizzato in acciaio inossidabile di qualità professionale, per preparare più porzioni identiche in serie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 8 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper cerchio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eQuantità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eConfezione da 6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ecerchi identici\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVenduto in confezione da 6, ogni cerchio misura Ø 8 cm per un'altezza di 4,5 cm: il formato più largo della gamma di nonnette, per porzioni generose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAntipasti freddi: tartare, timballi di verdure o insalate composte con una superficie di impiattamento più ampia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert: cheesecake monoporzione, dessert al cucchiaio abbondanti o bicchierini preparati a cucchiaiate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBrunch e buffet: formato pratico per porzioni individuali servite a buffet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e i 6 cerchi possono essere lavati in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarli rapidamente dopo aver sformato per evitare che i residui aderiscano alla parete interna e facilitare la sformatura successiva.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è più adatto al dolce o al salato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eEntrambi gli usi sono comuni: il diametro generoso è adatto sia a una tartare che a un dessert al cucchiaio monoporzione abbondante.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al formato Ø 7 cm x H 5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato Ø 8 cm privilegia la larghezza per porzioni con una superficie più ampia, mentre il formato Ø 7 cm x H 5 cm privilegia l'altezza per impilare più strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLa confezione da 6 è compatibile con la lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i 6 cerchi in acciaio inox possono essere lavati in lavastoviglie senza alterarsi, una soluzione pratica per l'uso regolare in cucina, sia professionale che domestica.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure abbina delle \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e per una lisciatura precisa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003espatole\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812403802451,"sku":"07376","price":29.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/pack-de-6-nonnettes-inox-80-x-h-45-mm-mallard-ferriere-1.jpg?v=1777686717"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-10-cm-x-h-4-5-cm","title":"Anello per Mousse Rotondo in Acciaio Inox - Ø 10 cm x H 4,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Cerchio per mousse in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eCerchio per mousse rotondo in acciaio inox, Ø 10 cm x H 4,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003ePiccole torte e dessert da condividere in due\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio per mousse rotondo Mallard Ferrière in acciaio inox misura Ø 10 cm di diametro e 4,5 cm di altezza: un formato pensato per dessert monoporzione o da condividere in due. Senza fondo, si appoggia direttamente sul piatto da portata, su una teglia o su una base rigida, per comporre il dolce con precisione, dal biscotto alla glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e3-4 strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato indicativo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e2 persone\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ein base allo spessore degli strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli per l’uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake monoporzione o dessert da condividere in due\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVerrine composte nel cerchio per una presentazione impeccabile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato compatto, ideale per provare una nuova ricetta prima di realizzarla in formato grande\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: rivestire l’interno con una striscia di acetato per le preparazioni spumose o glassate; rimuovere il cerchio una volta che il dolce si è rassodato bene in frigorifero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: appoggiato su una teglia con carta da forno, questo cerchio è adatto anche alla cottura di un biscotto o di un pan di Spagna della misura giusta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e questo cerchio è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarlo rapidamente dopo aver sformato il dolce evita che i residui si attacchino alla parete interna e garantisce una sformatura precisa per gli utilizzi successivi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio è adatto per un dessert monoporzione o da condividere in due?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i diametri da 10 a 14 cm sono pensati per porzioni singole o per 2-4 persone, a seconda del formato esatto, e l’altezza di 4,5 cm è sufficiente per una composizione a 2 o 3 strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può cuocere la base di una torta direttamente in questo cerchio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, appoggiato su una teglia ricoperta di carta da forno, l'acciaio inox resiste alla cottura in forno, ad esempio per un biscuit o un pan di Spagna porzionato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome sformare perfettamente una piccola mousse o una cheesecake?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eRivestire l'interno con una striscia di acetato prima di assemblare, poi passare leggermente un cannello o un panno caldo lungo il bordo per facilitare la rimozione del cerchio senza rovinare i bordi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure completa il set con dei \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebeccucci\u003c\/a\u003e per la decorazione finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebeccucci\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812408488275,"sku":"06800","price":8.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-28-cm-x-h-45-cm-mallard-ferriere-1.png?v=1777686747"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-12-cm-x-h-4-5-cm","title":"Anello per Mousse Rotondo in Acciaio Inox - Ø 12 cm x H 4,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Anello per mousse in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello rotondo per mousse in acciaio inox, Ø 12 cm x H 4,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003ePiccoli dolci e dessert per 2-3 persone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello per mousse rotondo Mallard Ferrière in acciaio inox misura Ø 12 cm di diametro e 4,5 cm di altezza, un formato pensato per dessert da 2 a 3 persone. Senza fondo, si appoggia direttamente sul piatto da portata, su una teglia o su una base rigida per assemblare con precisione, dal biscuit fino alla glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e3-4 strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato indicativo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e2-3 persone\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ein base allo spessore degli strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert per una cena da due o tre persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBavaresi e mousse monoporzione con base biscottata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato pratico per una merenda in compagnia di poche persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: rivestire l'interno con una striscia di acetato per le preparazioni a mousse o ghiacciate, quindi rimuovere l'anello quando il dolce si è ben rassodato al freddo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: appoggiato su una teglia con carta da forno, questo anello è adatto anche alla cottura di un biscuit o di un pan di Spagna della misura giusta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e questo cerchio è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarlo rapidamente dopo aver sformato il dolce evita che i residui si attacchino alla parete interna e garantisce una sformatura precisa per gli utilizzi successivi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio è adatto per un dessert monoporzione o da condividere in due?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i diametri da 10 a 14 cm sono pensati per porzioni singole o per 2-4 persone, a seconda del formato esatto, e l’altezza di 4,5 cm è sufficiente per una composizione a 2 o 3 strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può cuocere la base di una torta direttamente in questo cerchio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, appoggiato su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno, l’acciaio inox è adatto alla cottura in forno, ad esempio di un biscotto o di un pan di Spagna monoporzione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome sformare senza problemi una piccola mousse o un cheesecake?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eRivestire l’interno con una striscia di acetato prima di comporre il dolce, poi passare leggermente un cannello o un panno caldo lungo il bordo per facilitare la rimozione del cerchio senza danneggiare i bordi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure completa con le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e per la decorazione finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812430115155,"sku":"06802","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-28-cm-x-h-45-cm-mallard-ferriere-1.png?v=1777686747"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-16-cm-x-h-4-5-cm","title":"Anello per Mousse Rotondo in Acciaio Inox - Ø 16 cm x H 4,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Anello per mousse in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello rotondo per mousse in acciaio inox, Ø 16 cm x H 4,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eDessert classici per 4-6 persone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello rotondo per mousse Mallard Ferrière in acciaio inox misura Ø 16 cm di diametro e 4,5 cm di altezza, un formato pensato per i dessert da condividere in famiglia. Senza fondo, si appoggia direttamente sul piatto da portata, su una teglia o su un supporto rigido per realizzare una stratificazione precisa, dal biscotto alla glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 16 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e3-4 strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato indicativo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e4-6 persone\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ein base allo spessore degli strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert per un pranzo in famiglia o un compleanno (4-6 persone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte nuziali a più piani: questo diametro è spesso usato per il livello superiore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte di compleanno preparate nell'anello per ottenere una glassa a specchio uniforme\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: rivesti l'interno con acetato per preparazioni a base di mousse o glassate, poi rimuovi l'anello una volta che il dessert si è ben rassodato al freddo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: posizionato su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno, questo anello è adatto anche alla cottura di un biscotto o di un pan di Spagna della misura giusta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e questo anello è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarlo rapidamente dopo aver sformato il dolce evita che i residui si attacchino alla parete interna e mantiene il bordo pulito per gli utilizzi successivi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanto deve essere spesso il ripieno con un'altezza di 4,5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn'altezza di 4,5 cm consente di disporre 3-4 strati classici (biscotto, croccante, mousse, inserto) senza che fuoriescano, come nella maggior parte dei dessert da condividere in famiglia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto anello è adatto a una composizione a più piani come una torta nuziale?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, questo diametro è comunemente usato come livello intermedio o superiore nelle composizioni a più piani, abbinandolo ad altre misure della gamma per i livelli più ampi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome ottenere una glassa a specchio uniforme sui bordi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn risultato pulito al momento di sformare è essenziale: rivesti l'anello con acetato, congela il dessert prima di sformarlo, poi glassalo subito dopo aver rimosso l'anello per ottenere bordi perfettamente dritti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure completa con le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e per la decorazione finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812436996435,"sku":"06805","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-28-cm-x-h-45-cm-mallard-ferriere-1.png?v=1777686747"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-24-cm-x-h-4-5-cm","title":"Cerchio per Mousse Rotondo in Acciaio Inox - Ø 24 cm x H 4,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Cerchio per mousse in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eCerchio rotondo per mousse in acciaio inox, Ø 24 cm x H 4,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eEntremets grandi per 12-14 persone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio per mousse rotondo Mallard Ferrière in acciaio inox misura Ø 24 cm per un'altezza di 4,5 cm, un formato pensato per entremets grandi e torte a più piani. Senza fondo, si appoggia direttamente sul piatto da portata, su una teglia o su un supporto rigido per assemblare con precisione il dolce, dal biscotto alla glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 24 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e3-4 strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato indicativo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e12-14 persone\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ein base allo spessore degli strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets grandi per un evento da 12 a 14 persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase ampia per torte a più piani o torte nuziali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte per cerimonie familiari o feste di associazioni\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: rivestire l'interno con un foglio di acetato per le preparazioni spumose o glassate; rimuovere il cerchio una volta che l'entremets si è ben rassodato in frigorifero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: appoggiato su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno, questo cerchio è adatto anche alla cottura di un biscotto o di un pan di Spagna della misura giusta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e questo cerchio è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarlo subito dopo aver sformato il dolce evita che i residui aderiscano alla parete interna e assicura una sformatura precisa agli utilizzi successivi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio grande è stabile per sostenere una torta a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'acciaio inox garantisce una buona rigidità lungo tutta la circonferenza, anche con diametri grandi, a condizione di appoggiare il dolce su una base rigida (vassoio o cartone spesso) durante il raffreddamento.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può trasportare un entremets di queste dimensioni ancora nel cerchio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eÈ consigliato per i formati grandi: il cerchio mantiene la struttura durante il trasporto. Si rimuove dallo stampo subito prima di servire o di completare la glassatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto per una torta nuziale o una torta a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i diametri grandi (da 22 a 28 cm) vengono generalmente utilizzati come base o piano inferiore e abbinati ai diametri più piccoli della gamma per i piani superiori.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure completa con le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e per la decorazione finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812485493075,"sku":"06809","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-28-cm-x-h-45-cm-mallard-ferriere-1.png?v=1777686747"},{"product_id":"cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-26-cm-x-h-4-5-cm","title":"Anello per Mousse Rotondo in Acciaio Inox - Ø 26 cm x H 4,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eMallard Ferrière - Cerchio per mousse in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eCerchio per mousse rotondo in acciaio inox, Ø 26 cm x H 4,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eTorte a più piani e grandi entremets per 14-16 persone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio per mousse rotondo Mallard Ferrière in acciaio inox misura Ø 26 cm per un'altezza di 4,5 cm, un formato pensato per torte a più piani e grandi eventi. Senza fondo, si appoggia direttamente sul piatto da portata, su una teglia o su un supporto rigido per ottenere un assemblaggio ordinato, dal biscotto fino alla glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 26 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003e3-4 strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato indicativo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e14-16 persone\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ein base allo spessore degli strati\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nConsigli d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte a più piani e grandi entremets per un evento da 14 a 16 persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per wedding cake a più piani che richiede un supporto ampio e stabile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte per feste associative, cerimonie in famiglia o grandi compleanni\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformatura: rivestire l'interno con una striscia di acetato per le preparazioni spumose o glassate; rimuovere il cerchio una volta che l'entremets si è ben rassodato in frigorifero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura: posizionato su una teglia rivestita di carta da forno, questo cerchio è adatto anche alla cottura di un biscotto o di un pan di Spagna della misura giusta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e questo cerchio è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Sciacquarlo rapidamente dopo aver sformato il dolce evita che i residui aderiscano alla parete interna e permette di ottenere una sformatura pulita anche agli utilizzi successivi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003e\nDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio grande è abbastanza stabile da sostenere una torta a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l’acciaio inox garantisce una buona rigidità su tutta la circonferenza anche nei diametri più grandi, a condizione di posizionare il dolce su una base rigida (vassoio o cartone spesso) durante il raffreddamento.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può trasportare un entremets di queste dimensioni ancora nel suo cerchio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eÈ consigliato per i formati grandi: il cerchio mantiene la struttura durante il trasporto; lo si rimuove appena prima del servizio o della finitura con la glassa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto per una torta nuziale o una torta a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i diametri grandi (da 22 a 28 cm) vengono generalmente utilizzati come base o piano inferiore e abbinati ai diametri più piccoli della gamma per i piani superiori.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e oppure completa con le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e per la decorazione finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ebocchette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/mallard-ferriere\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Mallard Ferrière\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mallard Ferriere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52812495847763,"sku":"06810","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/cercle-a-mousse-rond-en-inox-o-28-cm-x-h-45-cm-mallard-ferriere-1.png?v=1777686747"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/collections\/collection-cercles-cadres-semelles-pro-fond-creme-uni-v2.png?v=1793165406","url":"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/cerchi-telai-e-basi-pro.oembed","provider":"Patissland","version":"1.0","type":"link"}